Group
Guide to the Secure Configuration of Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4
Group contains 51 groups and 195 rules |
Group
System Settings
Group contains 44 groups and 187 rules |
[ref]
Contains rules that check correct system settings. |
Group
Installing and Maintaining Software
Group contains 7 groups and 20 rules |
[ref]
The following sections contain information on
security-relevant choices during the initial operating system
installation process and the setup of software
updates. |
Group
System and Software Integrity
Group contains 3 groups and 3 rules |
[ref]
System and software integrity can be gained by installing antivirus, increasing
system encryption strength with FIPS, verifying installed software, enabling SELinux,
installing an Intrusion Prevention System, etc. However, installing or enabling integrity
checking tools cannot prevent intrusions, but they can detect that an intrusion
may have occurred. Requirements for integrity checking may be highly dependent on
the environment in which the system will be used. Snapshot-based approaches such
as AIDE may induce considerable overhead in the presence of frequent software updates. |
Group
Software Integrity Checking
Group contains 1 group and 2 rules |
[ref]
Both the AIDE (Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment)
software and the RPM package management system provide
mechanisms for verifying the integrity of installed software.
AIDE uses snapshots of file metadata (such as hashes) and compares these
to current system files in order to detect changes.
The RPM package management system can conduct integrity
checks by comparing information in its metadata database with
files installed on the system. |
Group
Verify Integrity with AIDE
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
AIDE conducts integrity checks by comparing information about
files with previously-gathered information. Ideally, the AIDE database is
created immediately after initial system configuration, and then again after any
software update. AIDE is highly configurable, with further configuration
information located in /usr/share/doc/aide-VERSION . |
Rule
Install AIDE
[ref] | The aide package can be installed with the following command:
| Rationale: | The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_aide_installed | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R51), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, CCI-002696, CCI-002699, CCI-001744, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, 1034, 1288, 1341, 1417, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, 11.5.2, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | |
|
Rule
Build and Test AIDE Database
[ref] | Run the following command to generate a new database:
$ sudo /usr/sbin/aide --init
By default, the database will be written to the file
/var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz .
Storing the database, the configuration file /etc/aide.conf , and the binary
/usr/sbin/aide
(or hashes of these files), in a secure location (such as on read-only media) provides additional assurance about their integrity.
The newly-generated database can be installed as follows:
$ sudo cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz
To initiate a manual check, run the following command:
$ sudo /usr/sbin/aide --check
If this check produces any unexpected output, investigate. | Rationale: | For AIDE to be effective, an initial database of "known-good" information about files
must be captured and it should be able to be verified against the installed files. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_build_database | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R51), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, 11.5.2, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | |
|
Group
Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS)
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) is a computer security standard which
is developed by the U.S. Government and industry working groups to validate the quality
of cryptographic modules. The FIPS standard provides four security levels to ensure
adequate coverage of different industries, implementation of cryptographic modules, and
organizational sizes and requirements.
FIPS 140-2 is the current standard for validating that mechanisms used to access cryptographic modules
utilize authentication that meets industry and government requirements. For government systems, this allows
Security Levels 1, 2, 3, or 4 for use on Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4.
See http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html for more information. |
Rule
Install the dracut-fips-aesni Package
[ref] | To enable FIPS on system that support the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) or New
Instructions (AES-NI) engine, the system requires that the dracut-fips-aesni
package be installed.
The dracut-fips-aesni package can be installed with the following command:
Warning:
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. Warning:
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. | Rationale: | Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to
protect data. The operating system must implement cryptographic modules adhering to the higher
standards approved by the federal government since this provides assurance they have been tested
and validated. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_dracut-fips-aesni_installed | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R1), 12, 15, 8, 5.10.1.2, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, 3.13.11, 3.13.8, CCI-000068, CCI-000803, CCI-002450, 4.3.3.6.6, SR 1.13, SR 2.6, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, SC-12(2), SC-12(3), IA-7, SC-13, CM-6(a), SC-12, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014, SRG-OS-000396-GPOS-00176, SRG-OS-000478-GPOS-00223 | |
|
Group
Disk Partitioning
Group contains 7 rules |
[ref]
To ensure separation and protection of data, there
are top-level system directories which should be placed on their
own physical partition or logical volume. The installer's default
partitioning scheme creates separate logical volumes for
/ , /boot , and swap .
- If starting with any of the default layouts, check the box to
\"Review and modify partitioning.\" This allows for the easy creation
of additional logical volumes inside the volume group already
created, though it may require making
/ 's logical volume smaller to
create space. In general, using logical volumes is preferable to
using partitions because they can be more easily adjusted
later. - If creating a custom layout, create the partitions mentioned in
the previous paragraph (which the installer will require anyway),
as well as separate ones described in the following sections.
If a system has already been installed, and the default
partitioning
scheme was used, it is possible but nontrivial to
modify it to create separate logical volumes for the directories
listed above. The Logical Volume Manager (LVM) makes this possible.
See the LVM HOWTO at
http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/
for more detailed information on LVM. |
Rule
Ensure /home Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | If user home directories will be stored locally, create a separate partition
for /home at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If
/home will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then
creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the
mountpoint can instead be configured later. | Rationale: | Ensuring that /home is mounted on its own partition enables the
setting of more restrictive mount options, and also helps ensure that
users cannot trivially fill partitions used for log or audit data storage. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_home | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82739-4 References:
BP28(R12), 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, CCI-001208, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), SC-5(2), PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Ensure /srv Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | If a file server (FTP, TFTP...) is hosted locally, create a separate partition
for /srv at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If
/srv will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then
creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the
mountpoint can instead be configured later. | Rationale: | Srv deserves files for local network file server such as FTP. Ensuring
that /srv is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of
more restrictive mount options, and also helps ensure that
users cannot trivially fill partitions used for log or audit data storage. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_srv | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Ensure /tmp Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used
for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or
logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. | Rationale: | The /tmp partition is used as temporary storage by many programs.
Placing /tmp in its own partition enables the setting of more
restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_tmp | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), SC-5(2), PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Ensure /var Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | The /var directory is used by daemons and other system
services to store frequently-changing data. Ensure that /var has its own partition
or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. | Rationale: | Ensuring that /var is mounted on its own partition enables the
setting of more restrictive mount options. This helps protect
system services such as daemons or other programs which use it.
It is not uncommon for the /var directory to contain
world-writable directories installed by other software packages. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), SC-5(2), PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Ensure /var/log Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | System logs are stored in the /var/log directory.
Partitioning Red Hat CoreOS is a Day 1 operation and cannot
be changed afterwards. For documentation on how to add a
MachineConfig manifest that specifies a separate /var/log
partition, follow:
https://docs.openshift.com/container-platform/latest/installing/installing_platform_agnostic/installing-platform-agnostic.html#installation-user-infra-machines-advanced_disk_installing-platform-agnostic
Note that the Red Hat OpenShift documentation often references a block
device, such as /dev/vda . The name of the available block devices depends
on the underlying infrastructure (bare metal vs cloud), and often the specific
instance type. For example in AWS, some instance types have NVMe drives
(/dev/nvme* ), others use /dev/xvda* .
You will need to look for relevant documentation for your infrastructure around this.
In many cases, the simplest thing is to boot a single machine with an Ignition
configuration that just gives you SSH access, and inspect the block devices via
e.g. the lsblk command.
For physical hardware, a good best practice is to reference devices via the
/dev/disk/by-id/ or /dev/disk/by-path links.
| Rationale: | Placing /var/log in its own partition
enables better separation between log files
and other files in /var/ . | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_log | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82737-8 References:
BP28(R12), BP28(R47), 1, 12, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, 8, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5, CM-6(a), AU-4, SC-5(2), PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Ensure /var/log/audit Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | Audit logs are stored in the /var/log/audit directory.
Partitioning Red Hat CoreOS is a Day 1 operation and cannot
be changed afterwards. For documentation on how to add a
MachineConfig manifest that specifies a separate /var/log/audit
partition, follow:
https://docs.openshift.com/container-platform/latest/installing/installing_platform_agnostic/installing-platform-agnostic.html#installation-user-infra-machines-advanced_disk_installing-platform-agnostic
Note that the Red Hat OpenShift documentation often references a block
device, such as /dev/vda . The name of the available block devices depends
on the underlying infrastructure (bare metal vs cloud), and often the specific
instance type. For example in AWS, some instance types have NVMe drives
(/dev/nvme* ), others use /dev/xvda* .
You will need to look for relevant documentation for your infrastructure around this.
In many cases, the simplest thing is to boot a single machine with an Ignition
configuration that just gives you SSH access, and inspect the block devices via
e.g. the lsblk command.
For physical hardware, a good best practice is to reference devices via the
/dev/disk/by-id/ or /dev/disk/by-path links.
Make absolutely certain that it is large enough to store all
audit logs that will be created by the auditing daemon. | Rationale: | Placing /var/log/audit in its own partition
enables better separation between audit files
and other files, and helps ensure that
auditing cannot be halted due to the partition running out
of space. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_log_audit | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82738-6 References:
BP28(R43), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, CCI-001849, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, CIP-007-3 R6.5, CM-6(a), AU-4, SC-5(2), PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000341-GPOS-00132, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Ensure /var/tmp Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used
for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or
logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. | Rationale: | The /var/tmp partition is used as temporary storage by many programs.
Placing /var/tmp in its own partition enables the setting of more
restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_tmp | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82734-5 References:
BP28(R12), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Group
Sudo
Group contains 8 rules |
[ref]
Sudo , which stands for "su 'do'", provides the ability to delegate authority
to certain users, groups of users, or system administrators. When configured for system
users and/or groups, Sudo can allow a user or group to execute privileged commands
that normally only root is allowed to execute.
For more information on Sudo and addition Sudo configuration options, see
https://www.sudo.ws. |
Rule
Install sudo Package
[ref] | The sudo package can be installed with the following command:
| Rationale: | sudo is a program designed to allow a system administrator to give
limited root privileges to users and log root activity. The basic philosophy
is to give as few privileges as possible but still allow system users to
get their work done.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_sudo_installed | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82523-2 References:
BP28(R19), 1382, 1384, 1386, CM-6(a), FMT_MOF_EXT.1, 10.2.1.5, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | |
|
Rule
Ensure Privileged Escalated Commands Cannot Execute Other Commands - sudo NOEXEC
[ref] | The sudo NOEXEC tag, when specified, prevents user executed
commands from executing other commands, like a shell for example.
This should be enabled by making sure that the NOEXEC tag exists in
/etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets
in /etc/sudoers.d/ . | Rationale: | Restricting the capability of sudo allowed commands to execute sub-commands
prevents users from running programs with privileges they wouldn't have otherwise. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_add_noexec | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R58) | |
|
Rule
Ensure Only Users Logged In To Real tty Can Execute Sudo - sudo requiretty
[ref] | The sudo requiretty tag, when specified, will only execute sudo
commands from users logged in to a real tty.
This should be enabled by making sure that the requiretty tag exists in
/etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets
in /etc/sudoers.d/ . | Rationale: | Restricting the use cases in which a user is allowed to execute sudo commands
reduces the attack surface. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_add_requiretty | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R58) | |
|
Rule
Ensure Only Users Logged In To Real tty Can Execute Sudo - sudo use_pty
[ref] | The sudo use_pty tag, when specified, will only execute sudo
commands from users logged in to a real tty.
This should be enabled by making sure that the use_pty tag exists in
/etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets
in /etc/sudoers.d/ . | Rationale: | Requiring that sudo commands be run in a pseudo-terminal can prevent an attacker from retaining
access to the user's terminal after the main program has finished executing. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_add_use_pty | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R58), Req-10.2.5, 10.2.1.5 | |
|
Rule
Ensure Users Re-Authenticate for Privilege Escalation - sudo !authenticate
[ref] | The sudo !authenticate option, when specified, allows a user to execute commands using
sudo without having to authenticate. This should be disabled by making sure that the
!authenticate option does not exist in /etc/sudoers configuration file or
any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/ . | Rationale: | Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they
do not have authorization.
When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it
is critical that the user re-authenticate. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_remove_no_authenticate | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R5), BP28(R59), 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-002038, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-11, CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00156, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00157, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00158 | |
|
Rule
Ensure Users Re-Authenticate for Privilege Escalation - sudo NOPASSWD
[ref] | The sudo NOPASSWD tag, when specified, allows a user to execute
commands using sudo without having to authenticate. This should be disabled
by making sure that the NOPASSWD tag does not exist in
/etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets
in /etc/sudoers.d/ . | Rationale: | Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they
do not have authorization.
When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it
is critical that the user re-authenticate. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_remove_nopasswd | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R5), BP28(R59), 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, CCI-002038, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-11, CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00156, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00157, SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00158 | |
|
Rule
Explicit arguments in sudo specifications
[ref] | All commands in the sudoers file must strictly specify the arguments allowed to be used for a given user.
If the command is supposed to be executed only without arguments, pass "" as an argument in the corresponding user specification. Warning:
This rule doesn't come with a remediation, as absence of arguments in the user spec doesn't mean that the command is intended to be executed with no arguments. Warning:
The rule can produce false findings when an argument contains a comma - sudoers syntax allows comma escaping using backslash, but the check doesn't support that. For example, root ALL=(ALL) echo 1\,2 allows root to execute echo 1,2 , but the check would interpret it as two commands echo 1\ and 2 . | Rationale: | Any argument can modify quite significantly the behavior of a program, whether regarding the
realized operation (read, write, delete, etc.) or accessed resources (path in a file system tree). To
avoid any possibility of misuse of a command by a user, the ambiguities must be removed at the
level of its specification.
For example, on some systems, the kernel messages are only accessible by root.
If a user nevertheless must have the privileges to read them, the argument of the dmesg command has to be restricted
in order to prevent the user from flushing the buffer through the -c option:
user ALL = dmesg ""
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudoers_explicit_command_args | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R63) | |
|
Rule
Don't define allowed commands in sudoers by means of exclusion
[ref] | Policies applied by sudo through the sudoers file should not involve negation.
Each user specification in the sudoers file contains a comma-delimited list of command specifications.
The definition can make use glob patterns, as well as of negations.
Indirect definition of those commands by means of exclusion of a set of commands is trivial to bypass, so it is not allowed to use such constructs. Warning:
This rule doesn't come with a remediation, as negations indicate design issues with the sudoers user specifications design. Just removing negations doesn't increase the security - you typically have to rethink the definition of allowed commands to fix the issue. | Rationale: | Specifying access right using negation is inefficient and can be easily circumvented.
For example, it is expected that a specification like
# To avoid absolutely , this rule can be easily circumvented!
user ALL = ALL ,!/ bin/sh
prevents the execution of the shell
but that’s not the case: just copy the binary /bin/sh to a different name to make it executable
again through the rule keyword ALL . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudoers_no_command_negation | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R61) | |
|
Group
Updating Software
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The
command line tool is used to install and
update software packages. The system also provides a graphical
software update tool in the System menu, in the Administration submenu,
called Software Update.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 systems contain an installed software catalog called
the RPM database, which records metadata of installed packages. Consistently using
or the graphical Software Update for all software installation
allows for insight into the current inventory of installed software on the system.
|
Rule
Ensure Red Hat GPG Key Installed
[ref] | To ensure the system can cryptographically verify base software packages
come from Red Hat (and to connect to the Red Hat Network to receive them),
the Red Hat GPG key must properly be installed. To install the Red Hat GPG
key, run:
$ sudo subscription-manager register
If the system is not connected to the Internet or an RHN Satellite, then
install the Red Hat GPG key from trusted media such as the Red Hat
installation CD-ROM or DVD. Assuming the disc is mounted in
/media/cdrom , use the following command as the root user to import
it into the keyring:
$ sudo rpm --import /media/cdrom/RPM-GPG-KEY
Alternatively, the key may be pre-loaded during the RHEL installation. In
such cases, the key can be installed by running the following command:
sudo rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release | Rationale: | Changes to software components can have significant effects on the overall
security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has
not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor.
The Red Hat GPG key is necessary to cryptographically verify packages are
from Red Hat. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_redhat_gpgkey_installed | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82754-3 References:
BP28(R15), 11, 2, 3, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-003-8 R6, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | |
|
Rule
Prefer to use a 64-bit Operating System when supported
[ref] | Prefer installation of 64-bit operating systems when the CPU supports it. Warning:
There is no remediation besides installing a 64-bit operating system. | Rationale: | Use of a 64-bit operating system offers a few advantages, like a larger address space range for
Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) and systematic presence of No eXecute and Execute Disable (NX/XD) protection bits. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_prefer_64bit_os | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R10) | |
|
Group
Account and Access Control
Group contains 5 groups and 9 rules |
[ref]
In traditional Unix security, if an attacker gains
shell access to a certain login account, they can perform any action
or access any file to which that account has access. Therefore,
making it more difficult for unauthorized people to gain shell
access to accounts, particularly to privileged accounts, is a
necessary part of securing a system. This section introduces
mechanisms for restricting access to accounts under
Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4. |
Group
Protect Accounts by Restricting Password-Based Login
Group contains 2 groups and 3 rules |
[ref]
Conventionally, Unix shell accounts are accessed by
providing a username and password to a login program, which tests
these values for correctness using the /etc/passwd and
/etc/shadow files. Password-based login is vulnerable to
guessing of weak passwords, and to sniffing and man-in-the-middle
attacks against passwords entered over a network or at an insecure
console. Therefore, mechanisms for accessing accounts by entering
usernames and passwords should be restricted to those which are
operationally necessary. |
Group
Set Password Expiration Parameters
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The file /etc/login.defs controls several
password-related settings. Programs such as passwd ,
su , and
login consult /etc/login.defs to determine
behavior with regard to password aging, expiration warnings,
and length. See the man page login.defs(5) for more information.
Users should be forced to change their passwords, in order to
decrease the utility of compromised passwords. However, the need to
change passwords often should be balanced against the risk that
users will reuse or write down passwords if forced to change them
too often. Forcing password changes every 90-360 days, depending on
the environment, is recommended. Set the appropriate value as
PASS_MAX_DAYS and apply it to existing accounts with the
-M flag.
The PASS_MIN_DAYS ( -m ) setting prevents password
changes for 7 days after the first change, to discourage password
cycling. If you use this setting, train users to contact an administrator
for an emergency password change in case a new password becomes
compromised. The PASS_WARN_AGE ( -W ) setting gives
users 7 days of warnings at login time that their passwords are about to expire.
For example, for each existing human user USER, expiration parameters
could be adjusted to a 180 day maximum password age, 7 day minimum password
age, and 7 day warning period with the following command:
$ sudo chage -M 180 -m 7 -W 7 USER |
Rule
Set Password Maximum Age
[ref] | To specify password maximum age for new accounts,
edit the file /etc/login.defs
and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MAX_DAYS 90
A value of 180 days is sufficient for many environments.
The DoD requirement is 60.
The profile requirement is 90 . | Rationale: | Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. Therefore, passwords
need to be changed periodically. If the operating system does not limit the lifetime
of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the
operating system passwords could be compromised.
Setting the password maximum age ensures users are required to
periodically change their passwords. Requiring shorter password lifetimes
increases the risk of users writing down the password in a convenient
location subject to physical compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_maximum_age_login_defs | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18), 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.1, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.5.6, CCI-000199, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, 0418, 1055, 1402, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, Req-8.2.4, 8.3.10.1, SRG-OS-000076-GPOS-00044 | |
|
Rule
Set Password Minimum Length in login.defs
[ref] | To specify password length requirements for new accounts, edit the file
/etc/login.defs and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MIN_LEN 18
The DoD requirement is 15 .
The FISMA requirement is 12 .
The profile requirement is
18 .
If a program consults /etc/login.defs and also another PAM module
(such as pam_pwquality ) during a password change operation, then
the most restrictive must be satisfied. See PAM section for more
information about enforcing password quality requirements. | Rationale: | Requiring a minimum password length makes password
cracking attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger
search space. However, any security benefit from an onerous requirement
must be carefully weighed against usability problems, support costs, or counterproductive
behavior that may result. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_minlen_login_defs | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18), 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 5.6.2.1, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.5.7, CCI-000205, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000078-GPOS-00046 | |
|
Group
Restrict Root Logins
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Direct root logins should be allowed only for emergency use.
In normal situations, the administrator should access the system
via a unique unprivileged account, and then use su or sudo to execute
privileged commands. Discouraging administrators from accessing the
root account directly ensures an audit trail in organizations with
multiple administrators. Locking down the channels through which
root can connect directly also reduces opportunities for
password-guessing against the root account. The login program
uses the file /etc/securetty to determine which interfaces
should allow root logins.
The virtual devices /dev/console
and /dev/tty* represent the system consoles (accessible via
the Ctrl-Alt-F1 through Ctrl-Alt-F6 keyboard sequences on a default
installation). The default securetty file also contains /dev/vc/* .
These are likely to be deprecated in most environments, but may be retained
for compatibility. Root should also be prohibited from connecting
via network protocols. Other sections of this document
include guidance describing how to prevent root from logging in via SSH. |
Rule
Direct root Logins Not Allowed
[ref] | To further limit access to the root account, administrators
can disable root logins at the console by editing the /etc/securetty file.
This file lists all devices the root user is allowed to login to. If the file does
not exist at all, the root user can login through any communication device on the
system, whether via the console or via a raw network interface. This is dangerous
as user can login to the system as root via Telnet, which sends the password in
plain text over the network. By default, Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4's
/etc/securetty file only allows the root user to login at the console
physically attached to the system. To prevent root from logging in, remove the
contents of this file. To prevent direct root logins, remove the contents of this
file by typing the following command:
$ sudo echo > /etc/securetty
Warning:
This rule only checks the /etc/securetty file existence and its content.
If you need to restrict user access using the /etc/securetty file, make sure
the pam_securetty.so PAM module is properly enabled in relevant PAM files. | Rationale: | Disabling direct root logins ensures proper accountability and multifactor
authentication to privileged accounts. Users will first login, then escalate
to privileged (root) access via su / sudo. This is required for FISMA Low
and FISMA Moderate systems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_direct_root_logins | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82698-2 References:
BP28(R19), 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.1.6, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, IA-2, CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, 8.6.1 | |
|
Group
Secure Session Configuration Files for Login Accounts
Group contains 1 group and 6 rules |
[ref]
When a user logs into a Unix account, the system
configures the user's session by reading a number of files. Many of
these files are located in the user's home directory, and may have
weak permissions as a result of user error or misconfiguration. If
an attacker can modify or even read certain types of account
configuration information, they can often gain full access to the
affected user's account. Therefore, it is important to test and
correct configuration file permissions for interactive accounts,
particularly those of privileged users such as root or system
administrators. |
Group
Ensure that Users Have Sensible Umask Values
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The umask setting controls the default permissions
for the creation of new files.
With a default umask setting of 077, files and directories
created by users will not be readable by any other user on the
system. Users who wish to make specific files group- or
world-readable can accomplish this by using the chmod command.
Additionally, users can make all their files readable to their
group by default by setting a umask of 027 in their shell
configuration files. If default per-user groups exist (that is, if
every user has a default group whose name is the same as that
user's username and whose only member is the user), then it may
even be safe for users to select a umask of 007, making it very
easy to intentionally share files with groups of which the user is
a member.
|
Rule
Ensure the Default Bash Umask is Set Correctly
[ref] | To ensure the default umask for users of the Bash shell is set properly,
add or correct the umask setting in /etc/bashrc to read
as follows:
umask 077 | Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_bashrc | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-84260-9 References:
BP28(R35), 18, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, CCI-000366, 4.3.4.3.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-6(1), CM-6(a), PR.IP-2, 8.6.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in login.defs
[ref] | To ensure the default umask controlled by /etc/login.defs is set properly,
add or correct the UMASK setting in /etc/login.defs to read as follows:
UMASK 077 | Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read and
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_login_defs | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R35), 11, 18, 3, 9, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, CCI-000366, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-6(1), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.IP-2, 8.6.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228 | |
|
Rule
Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in /etc/profile
[ref] | To ensure the default umask controlled by /etc/profile is set properly,
add or correct the umask setting in /etc/profile to read as follows:
umask 077
Note that /etc/profile also reads scrips within /etc/profile.d directory.
These scripts are also valid files to set umask value. Therefore, they should also be
considered during the check and properly remediated, if necessary. | Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_profile | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-84262-5 References:
BP28(R35), 18, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, CCI-000366, 4.3.4.3.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-6(1), CM-6(a), PR.IP-2, 8.6.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Configure Polyinstantiation of /tmp Directories
[ref] | To configure polyinstantiated /tmp directories, first create the parent directories
which will hold the polyinstantiation child directories. Use the following command:
$ sudo mkdir --mode 000 /tmp/tmp-inst
Then, add the following entry to /etc/security/namespace.conf :
/tmp /tmp/tmp-inst/ level root,adm | Rationale: | Polyinstantiation of temporary directories is a proactive security measure
which reduces chances of attacks that are made possible by /tmp
directories being world-writable. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_polyinstantiated_tmp | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R39) | |
|
Rule
Configure Polyinstantiation of /var/tmp Directories
[ref] | To configure polyinstantiated /tmp directories, first create the parent directories
which will hold the polyinstantiation child directories. Use the following command:
$ sudo mkdir --mode 000 /var/tmp/tmp-inst
Then, add the following entry to /etc/security/namespace.conf :
/var/tmp /var/tmp/tmp-inst/ level root,adm | Rationale: | Polyinstantiation of temporary directories is a proactive security measure
which reduces chances of attacks that are made possible by /var/tmp
directories being world-writable. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_polyinstantiated_var_tmp | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R39) | |
|
Rule
Set Interactive Session Timeout
[ref] | Setting the TMOUT option in /etc/profile ensures that
all user sessions will terminate based on inactivity.
The value of TMOUT should be exported and read only.
The TMOUT
setting in a file loaded by /etc/profile , e.g.
/etc/profile.d/tmout.sh should read as follows:
declare -xr TMOUT=600 | Rationale: | Terminating an idle session within a short time period reduces
the window of opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a
management session enabled on the console or console port that has been
left unattended. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_tmout | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R29), 1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, CCI-000057, CCI-001133, CCI-002361, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, AC-12, SC-10, AC-2(5), CM-6(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, 8.6.1, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010 | |
|
Group
System Accounting with auditd
Group contains 8 groups and 46 rules |
[ref]
The audit service provides substantial capabilities
for recording system activities. By default, the service audits about
SELinux AVC denials and certain types of security-relevant events
such as system logins, account modifications, and authentication
events performed by programs such as sudo.
Under its default configuration, auditd has modest disk space
requirements, and should not noticeably impact system performance.
NOTE: The Linux Audit daemon auditd can be configured to use
the augenrules program to read audit rules files ( *.rules )
located in /etc/audit/rules.d location and compile them to create
the resulting form of the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file
during the daemon startup (default configuration). Alternatively, the auditd
daemon can use the auditctl utility to read audit rules from the
/etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during daemon startup,
and load them into the kernel. The expected behavior is configured via the
appropriate ExecStartPost directive setting in the
/usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
To instruct the auditd daemon to use the augenrules program
to read audit rules (default configuration), use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/augenrules --load
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
In order to instruct the auditd daemon to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules, use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/auditctl -R /etc/audit/audit.rules
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
Refer to [Service] section of the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service
configuration file for further details.
Government networks often have substantial auditing
requirements and auditd can be configured to meet these
requirements.
Examining some example audit records demonstrates how the Linux audit system
satisfies common requirements.
The following example from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Documentation available at
https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/7/html-single/selinux_users_and_administrators_guide/index#sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Fixing_Problems-Raw_Audit_Messages
shows the substantial amount of information captured in a
two typical "raw" audit messages, followed by a breakdown of the most important
fields. In this example the message is SELinux-related and reports an AVC
denial (and the associated system call) that occurred when the Apache HTTP
Server attempted to access the /var/www/html/file1 file (labeled with
the samba_share_t type):
type=AVC msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): avc: denied { getattr } for pid=2465 comm="httpd"
path="/var/www/html/file1" dev=dm-0 ino=284133 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0
tcontext=unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0 tclass=file
type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): arch=40000003 syscall=196 success=no exit=-13
a0=b98df198 a1=bfec85dc a2=54dff4 a3=2008171 items=0 ppid=2463 pid=2465 auid=502 uid=48
gid=48 euid=48 suid=48 fsuid=48 egid=48 sgid=48 fsgid=48 tty=(none) ses=6 comm="httpd"
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" subj=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0 key=(null)
msg=audit(1226874073.147:96) - The number in parentheses is the unformatted time stamp (Epoch time)
for the event, which can be converted to standard time by using the
date command.
{ getattr } - The item in braces indicates the permission that was denied.
getattr
indicates the source process was trying to read the target file's status information.
This occurs before reading files. This action is denied due to the file being
accessed having the wrong label. Commonly seen permissions include getattr ,
read , and write .
comm="httpd" - The executable that launched the process. The full path of the executable is
found in the
exe= section of the system call (SYSCALL ) message,
which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" .
path="/var/www/html/file1" - The path to the object (target) the process attempted to access.
scontext="unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0" - The SELinux context of the process that attempted the denied action. In
this case, it is the SELinux context of the Apache HTTP Server, which is running
in the
httpd_t domain.
tcontext="unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0" - The SELinux context of the object (target) the process attempted to access.
In this case, it is the SELinux context of
file1 . Note: the samba_share_t
type is not accessible to processes running in the httpd_t domain.
- From the system call (
SYSCALL ) message, two items are of interest:
success=no : indicates whether the denial (AVC) was enforced or not.
success=no indicates the system call was not successful (SELinux denied
access). success=yes indicates the system call was successful - this can
be seen for permissive domains or unconfined domains, such as initrc_t
and kernel_t .
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" : the full path to the executable that launched
the process, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" .
|
Group
Configure auditd Rules for Comprehensive Auditing
Group contains 7 groups and 46 rules |
[ref]
The auditd program can perform comprehensive
monitoring of system activity. This section describes recommended
configuration settings for comprehensive auditing, but a full
description of the auditing system's capabilities is beyond the
scope of this guide. The mailing list linux-audit@redhat.com exists
to facilitate community discussion of the auditing system.
The audit subsystem supports extensive collection of events, including:
- Tracing of arbitrary system calls (identified by name or number)
on entry or exit.
- Filtering by PID, UID, call success, system call argument (with
some limitations), etc.
- Monitoring of specific files for modifications to the file's
contents or metadata.
Auditing rules at startup are controlled by the file /etc/audit/audit.rules .
Add rules to it to meet the auditing requirements for your organization.
Each line in /etc/audit/audit.rules represents a series of arguments
that can be passed to auditctl and can be individually tested
during runtime. See documentation in /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION and
in the related man pages for more details.
If copying any example audit rulesets from /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION ,
be sure to comment out the
lines containing arch= which are not appropriate for your system's
architecture. Then review and understand the following rules,
ensuring rules are activated as needed for the appropriate
architecture.
After reviewing all the rules, reading the following sections, and
editing as needed, the new rules can be activated as follows:
$ sudo service auditd restart |
Group
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls
Group contains 14 rules |
[ref]
At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. Note that the "-F arch=b32" lines should be
present even on a 64 bit system. These commands identify system calls for
auditing. Even if the system is 64 bit it can still execute 32 bit system
calls. Additionally, these rules can be configured in a number of ways while
still achieving the desired effect. An example of this is that the "-S" calls
could be split up and placed on separate lines, however, this is less efficient.
Add the following to /etc/audit/audit.rules :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown,fchown,fchownat,lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If your system is 64 bit then these lines should be duplicated and the
arch=b32 replaced with arch=b64 as follows:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown,fchown,fchownat,lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod |
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - chmod
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_chmod | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82556-2 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - chown
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_chown | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82557-0 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchmod
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fchmod | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82558-8 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchmodat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fchmodat | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82559-6 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchown
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fchown | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82560-4 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchownat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fchownat | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82561-2 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fremovexattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fremovexattr | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82562-0 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fsetxattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_fsetxattr | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82563-8 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lchown
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_lchown | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82564-6 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lremovexattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_lremovexattr | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82565-3 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lsetxattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_lsetxattr | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82566-1 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - removexattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules
program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the
following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_removexattr | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82567-9 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - setxattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission
changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_setxattr | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82568-7 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - umount2
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file system umount2
changes. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | The changing of file permissions could indicate that a user is attempting to
gain access to information that would otherwise be disallowed. Auditing DAC modifications
can facilitate the identification of patterns of abuse among both authorized and
unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_dac_modification_umount2 | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R73), CCI-000130, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | |
|
Group
Record File Deletion Events by User
Group contains 5 rules |
[ref]
At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete |
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - rename
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rename -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rename -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete | Rationale: | Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed
from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as, detecting
malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_file_deletion_events_rename | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82575-2 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-000366, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.1.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.MA-2, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000467-GPOS-00211, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - renameat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete | Rationale: | Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed
from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as, detecting
malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_file_deletion_events_renameat | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82576-0 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-000366, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.1.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.MA-2, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000467-GPOS-00211, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - rmdir
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete | Rationale: | Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed
from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as, detecting
malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_file_deletion_events_rmdir | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82577-8 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-000366, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.1.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.MA-2, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000467-GPOS-00211, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - unlink
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlink -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlink -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete | Rationale: | Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed
from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as, detecting
malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_file_deletion_events_unlink | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82578-6 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-000366, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.1.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.MA-2, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000467-GPOS-00211, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - unlinkat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlinkat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlinkat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete | Rationale: | Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed
from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as, detecting
malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_file_deletion_events_unlinkat | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82579-4 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-000366, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.1.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.MA-2, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000467-GPOS-00211, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 | |
|
Group
Record Unauthorized Access Attempts Events to Files (unsuccessful)
Group contains 5 rules |
[ref]
At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. Note that the "-F arch=b32" lines should be
present even on a 64 bit system. These commands identify system calls for
auditing. Even if the system is 64 bit it can still execute 32 bit system
calls. Additionally, these rules can be configured in a number of ways while
still achieving the desired effect. An example of this is that the "-S" calls
could be split up and placed on separate lines, however, this is less efficient.
Add the following to /etc/audit/audit.rules :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If your system is 64 bit then these lines should be duplicated and the
arch=b32 replaced with arch=b64 as follows:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access |
Rule
Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - creat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_creat | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82621-4 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, 10.2.1.1, 10.2.1.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | |
|
Rule
Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - ftruncate
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_ftruncate | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82629-7 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, 10.2.1.1, 10.2.1.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | |
|
Rule
Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - open
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_open | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82633-9 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, 10.2.1.1, 10.2.1.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | |
|
Rule
Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - openat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_openat | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82634-7 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, 10.2.1.1, 10.2.1.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | |
|
Rule
Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - truncate
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_truncate | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82651-1 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1, 10.2.1.1, 10.2.1.4, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033, SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | |
|
Group
Record Information on Kernel Modules Loading and Unloading
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,delete_module -F key=modules
Place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d .
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules . |
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Unloading - delete_module
[ref] | To capture kernel module unloading events, use following line, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S delete_module -F key=modules
Place to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d .
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules . | Rationale: | The removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of
the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important
to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_delete | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82580-2 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading - finit_module
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program
to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file
with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d to capture kernel module
loading and unloading events, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S finit_module -F key=modules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit
rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file
in order to capture kernel module loading and unloading events, setting ARCH to either b32 or
b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S finit_module -F key=modules | Rationale: | The addition/removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of
the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important
to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_finit | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82581-0 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading - init_module
[ref] | To capture kernel module loading events, use following line, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module -F key=modules
Place to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d .
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules . | Rationale: | The addition of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of
the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important
to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_init | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82582-8 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222 | |
|
Group
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins
-w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins
-w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins |
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - faillock
[ref] | The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins | Rationale: | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_login_events_faillock | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82583-6 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.3, 10.2.1.3, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218 | |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - lastlog
[ref] | The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins | Rationale: | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_login_events_lastlog | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82584-4 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.3, 10.2.1.3, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214 | |
|
Group
Record Information on the Use of Privileged Commands
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. |
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands
[ref] | The audit system should collect information about usage of privileged commands for all users.
These are commands with suid or sgid bits on and they are specially risky in local block
device partitions not mounted with noexec and nosuid options. Therefore, these partitions
should be first identified by the following command:
findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,) | grep -Pv "noexec|nosuid"
For all partitions listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for
setuid / setgid programs using the following command:
$ sudo find PARTITION -xdev -perm /6000 -type f 2>/dev/null
For each setuid / setgid program identified by the previous command, an audit rule must be
present in the appropriate place using the following line structure:
-a always,exit -F path=PROG_PATH -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read
audit rules during daemon startup, add the line to a file with suffix .rules in the
/etc/audit/rules.d directory, replacing the PROG_PATH part with the full path
of that setuid / setgid identified program.
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility instead, add
the line to the /etc/audit/audit.rules file, also replacing the PROG_PATH part
with the full path of that setuid / setgid identified program. Warning:
This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to privileged commands. If needed to check
specific privileged commands, other more specific rules should be considered. For example:
audit_rules_privileged_commands_su audit_rules_privileged_commands_umount audit_rules_privileged_commands_passwd
Warning:
Note that OVAL check and Bash / Ansible remediation of this rule
explicitly excludes file systems mounted at /proc directory
and its subdirectories. It is a virtual file system and it doesn't
contain executable applications. At the same time, interacting with this
file system during check or remediation caused undesirable errors. | Rationale: | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by authorized users,
or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts, is a serious and
ongoing concern that can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify the
risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert
their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation
exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82589-3 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO08.04, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.05, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-002234, 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.5, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.3.4.5.9, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 3.9, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, 0582, 0584, 05885, 0586, 0846, 0957, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.1, A.16.1.2, A.16.1.3, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.3, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-2, DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, DE.DP-4, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, RS.CO-2, Req-10.2.2, 10.2.1.2, SRG-OS-000327-GPOS-00127 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - sudo
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following
form to /etc/audit/audit.rules :
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged | Rationale: | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks,
which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but
limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for
unusual activity. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_sudo | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82606-5 References:
BP28(R19), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210 | |
|
Group
Records Events that Modify Date and Time Information
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time. All changes to the system
time should be audited. |
Rule
Record attempts to alter time through adjtimex
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be
used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple
system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is
not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules | Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_adjtimex | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82614-9 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b, 10.6.3 | |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Time Through clock_settime
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can
be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport.
Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if
desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules | Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_clock_settime | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82615-6 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b, 10.6.3 | |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Time Through stime
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit
lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected
to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule
form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). If the
auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to
read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit
lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected
to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule
form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). The -k option
allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for
better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system
calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not
required. See an example of multiple combined system calls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules | Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_stime | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82617-2 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b, 10.6.3 | |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter the localtime File
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default),
add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory
/etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can
be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport and
should always be used. | Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_watch_localtime | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82618-0 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b, 10.6.3, 10.6.3 | |
|
Rule
Make the auditd Configuration Immutable
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to make the auditd configuration
immutable:
-e 2
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to make the auditd configuration
immutable:
-e 2
With this setting, a reboot will be required to change any audit rules. | Rationale: | Making the audit configuration immutable prevents accidental as
well as malicious modification of the audit rules, although it may be
problematic if legitimate changes are needed during system
operation. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_immutable | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82668-5 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO01.06, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, 3.4.3, CCI-000162, CCI-000163, CCI-000164, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(d), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 6.1, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.5.2, 10.3.2, SRG-OS-000057-GPOS-00027, SRG-OS-000058-GPOS-00028, SRG-OS-000059-GPOS-00029 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy | Rationale: | The system's mandatory access policy (SELinux) should not be
arbitrarily changed by anything other than administrator action. All changes to
MAC policy should be audited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_mac_modification | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82586-9 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.8, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Exporting to Media (successful)
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect media exportation
events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to
use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup
(the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in
the directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=export
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=export | Rationale: | The unauthorized exportation of data to external media could result in an information leak
where classified information, Privacy Act information, and intellectual property could be lost. An audit
trail should be created each time a filesystem is mounted to help identify and guard against information
loss. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_media_export | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82587-7 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.2.7, 10.2.1.7, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Network Environment
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification | Rationale: | The network environment should not be modified by anything other
than administrator action. Any change to network parameters should be
audited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_networkconfig_modification | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82588-5 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.5.5, 10.3.4 | |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information
[ref] | The audit system already collects process information for all
users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session | Rationale: | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_session_events | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82612-3 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, 0582, 0584, 05885, 0586, 0846, 0957, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.3, 10.2.1.3 | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects System Administrator Actions
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect administrator actions
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default),
add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory
/etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions | Rationale: | The actions taken by system administrators should be audited to keep a record
of what was executed on the system, as well as, for accountability purposes. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_sysadmin_actions | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82613-1 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-2(7)(b), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.2, Req-10.2.5.b, 10.2.1.5, 10.2.2, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/group
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification | Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_group | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82654-5 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000018, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-001683, CCI-001684, CCI-001685, CCI-001686, CCI-002130, CCI-002132, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.5, 10.2.1.5, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/gshadow
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification | Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_gshadow | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82655-2 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000018, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-001683, CCI-001684, CCI-001685, CCI-001686, CCI-002130, CCI-002132, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.5, 10.2.1.5, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/security/opasswd
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification | Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_opasswd | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82656-0 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000018, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-001683, CCI-001684, CCI-001685, CCI-001686, CCI-002130, CCI-002132, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.5, 10.2.1.5, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/passwd
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification | Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_passwd | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82657-8 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000018, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-001683, CCI-001684, CCI-001685, CCI-001686, CCI-002130, CCI-002132, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.5, 10.2.1.5, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221, SRG-OS-000274-GPOS-00104, SRG-OS-000275-GPOS-00105, SRG-OS-000276-GPOS-00106, SRG-OS-000277-GPOS-00107 | |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/shadow
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification | Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_shadow | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82658-6 References:
BP28(R73), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000018, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-001683, CCI-001684, CCI-001685, CCI-001686, CCI-002130, CCI-002132, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.5, 10.2.1.5, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | |
|
Group
GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 1 group and 10 rules |
[ref]
During the boot process, the boot loader is
responsible for starting the execution of the kernel and passing
options to it. The boot loader allows for the selection of
different kernels - possibly on different partitions or media.
The default Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 boot loader for x86 systems is called GRUB2.
Options it can pass to the kernel include single-user mode, which
provides root access without any authentication, and the ability to
disable SELinux. To prevent local users from modifying the boot
parameters and endangering security, protect the boot loader configuration
with a password and ensure its configuration file's permissions
are set properly. |
Group
UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration |
Rule
Set the UEFI Boot Loader Password
[ref] | The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password
protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.
Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the password
by running the following command:
# grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.
Warning:
To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation
must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Also, do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the
grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file. | Rationale: | Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures
users with physical access cannot trivially alter
important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use,
and whether to enter single-user mode. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_uefi_password | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82552-1 References:
BP28(R17), 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3, FIA_UAU.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048 | |
|
Rule
IOMMU configuration directive
[ref] | On x86 architecture supporting VT-d, the IOMMU manages the access control policy between the hardware devices and some
of the system critical units such as the memory.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain iommu=force as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) iommu=force" Warning:
Depending on the hardware, devices and operating system used, enabling IOMMU can cause hardware instabilities. Proper function and stability should be assessed before applying remediation to production systems. | Rationale: | On x86 architectures, activating the I/OMMU prevents the system from arbitrary accesses potentially made by
hardware devices. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_enable_iommu_force | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R11) | |
|
Rule
Configure L1 Terminal Fault mitigations
[ref] | L1 Terminal Fault (L1TF) is a hardware vulnerability which allows unprivileged
speculative access to data which is available in the Level 1 Data Cache when
the page table entry isn't present.
Select the appropriate mitigation by adding the argument
l1tf=full,force to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain l1tf= full,force as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) l1tf=full,force"
Since Linux Kernel 4.19 you can check the L1TF vulnerability state with the
following command:
cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf Warning:
Enabling L1TF mitigations may impact performance of the system. | Rationale: | The L1TF vulnerability allows an attacker to bypass memory access security controls imposed
by the system or hypervisor. The L1TF vulnerability allows read access to any physical memory
location that is cached in the L1 Data Cache. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_l1tf_argument | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R8) | |
|
Rule
Force kernel panic on uncorrected MCEs
[ref] | A Machine Check Exception is an error generated by the CPU itdetects an error
in itself, memory or I/O devices.
These errors may be corrected and generate a check log entry, if an error
cannot be corrected the kernel may panic or SIGBUS.
To force the kernel to panic on any uncorrected error reported by Machine Check
set the MCE tolerance to zero by adding mce=0
to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain mce=0 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) mce=0" | Rationale: | Allowing uncorrected errors to result on a SIGBUS may allow an attacker to continue
trying to exploit a vulnerability such as Rowhammer. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_mce_argument | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R8) | |
|
Rule
Ensure SMAP is not disabled during boot
[ref] | The SMAP is used to prevent the supervisor mode from unintentionally reading/writing into
memory pages in the user space, it is enabled by default since Linux kernel 3.7.
But it could be disabled through kernel boot parameters.
Ensure that Supervisor Mode Access Prevention (SMAP) is not disabled by
the nosmap boot paramenter option.
Check that the line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..." within /etc/default/grub
doesn't contain the argument nosmap .
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="nosmap" | Rationale: | Disabling SMAP can facilitate exploitation of vulnerabilities caused by unintended access and
manipulation of data in the user space. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_nosmap_argument_absent | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R1) | |
|
Rule
Ensure SMEP is not disabled during boot
[ref] | The SMEP is used to prevent the supervisor mode from executing user space code,
it is enabled by default since Linux kernel 3.0. But it could be disabled through
kernel boot parameters.
Ensure that Supervisor Mode Execution Prevention (SMEP) is not disabled by
the nosmep boot paramenter option.
Check that the line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..." within /etc/default/grub
doesn't contain the argument nosmep .
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="nosmep" | Rationale: | Disabling SMEP can facilitate exploitation of certain vulnerabilities because it allows
the kernel to unintentionally execute code in less privileged memory space. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_nosmep_argument_absent | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R1) | |
|
Rule
Configure the confidence in TPM for entropy
[ref] | The TPM security chip that is available in most modern systems has a hardware RNG.
It is also used to feed the entropy pool, but generally not credited entropy.
Use rng_core.default_quality in the kernel command line to set the trust
level on the hardware generators. The trust level defines the amount of entropy to credit.
A value of 0 tells the system not to trust the hardware random number generators
available, and doesn't credit any entropy to the pool.
A value of 1000 assigns full confidence in the generators, and credits all the
entropy it provides to the pool.
Note that the value of rng_core.default_quality is global, affecting the trust
on all hardware random number generators.
Select the appropriate confidence by adding the argument
rng_core.default_quality=500 to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain rng_core.default_quality= 500 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) rng_core.default_quality=500" | Rationale: | A system may struggle to initialize its entropy pool and end up starving. Crediting entropy
from the hardware number generators available in the system helps fill up the entropy pool. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_rng_core_default_quality_argument | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R8) | |
|
Rule
Disable merging of slabs with similar size
[ref] | The kernel may merge similar slabs together to reduce overhead and increase
cache hotness of objects.
Disabling merging of slabs keeps the slabs separate and reduces the risk of
kernel heap overflows overwriting objects in merged caches.
To disable merging of slabs in the Kernel add the argument slab_nomerge=yes
to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain slab_nomerge=yes as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) slab_nomerge=yes" Warning:
Disabling merge of slabs will slightly increase kernel memory utilization. | Rationale: | Disabling the merge of slabs of similar sizes prevents the kernel from
merging a seemingly useless but vulnerable slab with a useful and valuable slab.
This increase the risk that a heap overflow could overwrite objects from merged caches,
with unmerged caches the heap overflow would only affect the objects in the same cache.
Overall, this reduces the kernel attack surface area by isolating slabs from each other. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_slab_nomerge_argument | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R8) | |
|
Rule
Configure Speculative Store Bypass Mitigation
[ref] | Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an exploit against a common wide industry wide performance
optimization known as Speculative Store Bypass (SSB).
In such cases, recent stores to the same memory location cannot always be observed by later
loads during speculative execution. However, such stores are unlikely and thus they can be
detected prior to instruction retirement at the end of a particular speculation execution
window.
Since Linux Kernel 4.17 you can check the SSB mitigation state with the following command:
cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass
Select the appropriate SSB state by adding the argument
spec_store_bypass_disable=seccomp to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain spec_store_bypass_disable= seccomp as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) spec_store_bypass_disable=seccomp" Warning:
Disabling Speculative Store Bypass may impact performance of the system. | Rationale: | In vulnerable processsors, the speculatively forwarded store can be used in a cache side channel
attack. An example of this is reading memory to which the attacker does not directly have access,
for example inside the sandboxed code. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_spec_store_bypass_disable_argument | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R8) | |
|
Rule
Enforce Spectre v2 mitigation
[ref] | Spectre V2 is an indirect branch poisoning attack that can lead to data leakage.
An exploit for Spectre V2 tricks the indirect branch predictor into executing
code from a future indirect branch chosen by the attacker, even if the privilege
level is different.
Since Linux Kernel 4.15 you can check the Spectre V2 mitigation state with the following command:
cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2
Enforce the Spectre V2 mitigation by adding the argument
spectre_v2=on to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain spectre_v2=on) as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) spectre_v2=on)" | Rationale: | The Spectre V2 vulnerability allows an attacker to read memory that he should not have
access to. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_spectre_v2_argument | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R8) | |
|
Group
Kernel Configuration
Group contains 41 rules |
[ref]
Contains rules that check the kernel configuration that was used to build it. |
Rule
Do not allow ACPI methods to be inserted/replaced at run time
[ref] | This debug facility allows ACPI AML methods to be inserted and/or replaced without rebooting
the system.
This configuration is available from kernel 3.0.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_METHOD , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_METHOD /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Enabling this feature allows arbitrary kernel memory to be written to by root (uid=0) users,
allowing them to bypass certain security measures | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_acpi_custom_method | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Disable kernel support for MISC binaries
[ref] | Enabling CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC makes it possible to plug wrapper-driven binary formats
into the kernel. This is specially useful for programs that need an interpreter to run like
Java, Python and DOS emulators. Once you have registered such a binary class with the kernel,
you can start one of those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This disables arbitrary binary format support and helps reduce attack surface. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_binfmt_misc | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R23) | |
|
Rule
Enable support for BUG()
[ref] | Disabling this option eliminates support for BUG and WARN, reducing the size of your kernel
image and potentially quietly ignoring numerous fatal conditions. You should only consider
disabling this option for embedded systems with no facilities for reporting errors.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_BUG , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_BUG /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Not setting this variable may hide a number of critical errors. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_bug | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R19) | |
|
Rule
Disable compatibility with brk()
[ref] | Enabling compatiliby with brk() allows legacy binaries to run (i.e. those linked
against libc5). But this compatibility comes at the cost of not being able to randomize
the heap placement (ASLR).
Unless legacy binaries need to run on the system, set CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK to "n" .
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Enabling compatibility with brk() disables support for ASLR. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_compat_brk | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R17) | |
|
Rule
Disable the 32-bit vDSO
[ref] | Certain buggy versions of glibc (2.3.3) will crash if they are presented with a 32-bit vDSO
that is not mapped at the address indicated in its segment table.
Setting CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO to y turns off the 32-bit VDSO and works
aroud the glibc bug.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Enabling VDSO compatibility hurts performance and disables ASLR. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_compat_vdso | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Enable checks on credential management
[ref] | Enable this to turn on some debug checking for credential management. The additional code keeps
track of the number of pointers from task_structs to any given cred struct, and checks to see
that this number never exceeds the usage count of the cred struct.
Furthermore, if SELinux is enabled, this also checks that the security pointer in the cred
struct is never seen to be invalid.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This adds sanity checks and validations to credential data structures. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_debug_credentials | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R16) | |
|
Rule
Disable kernel debugfs
[ref] | debugfs is a virtual file system that kernel developers use to put debugging files
into. Enable this option to be able to read and write to these files.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_FS , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEBUG_FS /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | To reduce the attack surface, this file system should be disabled if not in use. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_debug_fs | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Enable checks on linked list manipulation
[ref] | Enable this to turn on extended checks in the linked-list walking routines.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This add sanity checks to manipulation of linked lists structures in the kernel and may
prevent exploits such as CVE-2017-1661, where a race condition and simultaneos operations
caused a list to corrupt. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_debug_list | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R16) | |
|
Rule
Enable checks on notifier call chains
[ref] | Enable this to turn on sanity checking for notifier call chains. This is most useful for kernel
developers to make sure that modules properly unregister themselves from notifier chains.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_NOTIFIERS , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEBUG_NOTIFIERS /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This provides validation of notifier chains, it checks whether the notifiers are from the
kernel or a module that is still loaded prior to being invoked. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_debug_notifiers | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R16) | |
|
Rule
Enable checks on scatter-gather (SG) table operations
[ref] | Scatter-gather tables are mechanism used for high performance I/O on DMA devices.
Enable this to turn on checks on scatter-gather tables.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_SG , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEBUG_SG /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This can help find problems with drivers that do not properly initialize their SG tables. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_debug_sg | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R16) | |
|
Rule
Configure low address space to protect from user allocation
[ref] | This is the portion of low virtual memory which should be protected from userspace allocation.
This configuration is available from kernel 3.14, but may be available if backported
by distros.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEFAULT_MMAP_MIN_ADDR , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEFAULT_MMAP_MIN_ADDR /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "65536" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Keeping a user from writing to low pages can help reduce the impact of kernel NULL pointer bugs. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_default_mmap_min_addr | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R25) | |
|
Rule
Disable /dev/kmem virtual device support
[ref] | Disable support for the /dev/kmem device.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEVKMEM , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_DEVKMEM /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | The /dev/kmem device is rarely used, but can be used for certain kind of kernel debugging
operations. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_devkmem | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Disable hibernation
[ref] | Enable the suspend to disk (STD) functionality, which is usually called "hibernation" in user
interfaces. STD checkpoints the system and powers it off; and restores that checkpoint on
reboot.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_HIBERNATION , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_HIBERNATION /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Suspending to disk allows one to replace the running kernel. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_hibernation | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R23) | |
|
Rule
Disable IA32 emulation
[ref] | Disables support for legacy 32-bit programs under a 64-bit kernel.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. Warning:
Only disable support for 32-bit programs if you are sure you don't need any 32-bit program. | Rationale: | Disabling 32-bit backwards compatibility helps reduce the attack surface. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_ia32_emulation | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R25) | |
|
Rule
Disable kexec system call
[ref] | kexec is a system call that implements the ability to shutdown your current kernel,
and to start another kernel. It is like a reboot but it is independent of the system firmware.
And like a reboot you can start any kernel with it, not just Linux.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_KEXEC , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_KEXEC /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Prohibits the execution of a new kernel image after reboot. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_kexec | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R23) | |
|
Rule
Disable legacy (BSD) PTY support
[ref] | Disable the Linux traditional BSD-like terminal names /dev/ptyxx for masters and /dev/ttyxx for
slaves of pseudo terminals, and use only the modern ptys (devpts) interface.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | The legacy scheme has a number of security problems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_legacy_ptys | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R23) | |
|
Rule
Enable module signature verification
[ref] | Check modules for valid signatures upon load.
Note that this option adds the OpenSSL development packages as a kernel build dependency so
that the signing tool can use its crypto library.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Loaded modules must be signed. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_module_sig | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18) | |
|
Rule
Enable automatic signing of all modules
[ref] | Sign all modules during make modules_install. Without this option, modules must be signed
manually, using the scripts/sign-file tool.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_ALL , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_ALL /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This ensures the modules are signed during install process. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_module_sig_all | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18) | |
|
Rule
Require modules to be validly signed
[ref] | Reject unsigned modules or signed modules with an unknown key.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Prevent loading modules that are unsigned or signed with an unknown key. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_module_sig_force | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18) | |
|
Rule
Specify the hash to use when signing modules
[ref] | This configures the kernel to build and sign modules using
sha512 as the hash function.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_HASH , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_HASH /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value " sha512" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Use of strong hash function is important to secure the module against counterfeit signatures. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_module_sig_hash | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18) | |
|
Rule
Specify module signing key to use
[ref] | Setting this option to something other than its default of certs/signing_key.pem will
disable the autogeneration of signing keys and allow the kernel modules to be signed with a key
of your choosing.
The string provided should identify a file containing both a private key and
its corresponding X.509 certificate in PEM form, or — on systems where the OpenSSL ENGINE_pkcs11
is functional — a PKCS#11 URI as defined by RFC7512. In the latter case, the PKCS#11 URI should
reference both a certificate and a private key.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_KEY , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_KEY /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value " certs/signing_key.pem" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | A key and certificate is required to sign the built modules. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_module_sig_key | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18) | |
|
Rule
Sign kernel modules with SHA-512
[ref] | This configures the kernel to build and sign modules using SHA512 as the hash function.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA512 , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA512 /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Use of strong hash function is important to secure the module against counterfeit signatures. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_module_sig_sha512 | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R18) | |
|
Rule
Enable poison without sanity check
[ref] | Skip the sanity checking on alloc, only fill the pages with poison on free. This reduces some
of the overhead of the poisoning feature.
This configuration is available from kernel 4.6.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_NO_SANITY , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_NO_SANITY /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This configuration helps alleviates the performance impact of poisonining. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_page_poisoning_no_sanity | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R17) | |
|
Rule
Use zero for poisoning instead of debugging value
[ref] | Instead of using the existing poison value, fill the pages with zeros. This makes it harder to
detect when errors are occurring due to sanitization but the zeroing at free means that it is
no longer necessary to write zeros when GFP_ZERO is used on allocation.
This configuration is available from kernel 4.19.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_ZERO , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_ZERO /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This configuration helps alleviates the performance impact of poisonining. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_page_poisoning_zero | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R17) | |
|
Rule
Remove the kernel mapping in user mode
[ref] | This feature reduces the number of hardware side channels by ensuring that the majority of
kernel addresses are not mapped into userspace.
This configuration is available from kernel 4.15, but may be available if backported
by distros.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This is a countermeasure to the Meltdown attack. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_page_table_isolation | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R25) | |
|
Rule
Kernel panic oops
[ref] | Enable the kernel to panic when it oopses.
This has the same effect as setting oops=panic on the kernel command line.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This feature ensures that the kernel does not do anything erroneous after an oops which
could result in data corruption or other issues. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_panic_on_oops | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R19) | |
|
Rule
Kernel panic timeout
[ref] | Set the timeout value (in seconds) until a reboot occurs when the kernel panics.
A timeout of 0 configures the system to wait forever. With a timeout value greater than 0,
the system will wait the specified amount of seconds before rebooting. While a timeout value
less than 0 makes the system reboot immediately.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PANIC_TIMEOUT , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_PANIC_TIMEOUT /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value " 0" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This is required to enable protection against Spectre v2. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_panic_timeout | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R19) | |
|
Rule
Disable support for /proc/kkcore
[ref] | Provides a virtual ELF core file of the live kernel.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PROC_KCORE , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_PROC_KCORE /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This feature exposes the memory to the userspace and can assist an attacker in discovering
attack vectors. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_proc_kcore | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Randomize the address of the kernel image (KASLR)
[ref] | In support of Kernel Address Space Layout Randomization (KASLR), this randomizes the physical
address at which the kernel image is decompressed and the virtual address where the kernel
image is mapped.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | An unpredictable kernel address makes it more difficult to succeed with exploits that rely on
knowledge of the location of kernel code internals. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_randomize_base | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R25), BP28(R27) | |
|
Rule
Randomize the kernel memory sections
[ref] | Randomizes the base virtual address of kernel memory sections (physical memory mapping,
vmalloc & vmemmap).
This configuration is available from kernel 4.8, but may be available if backported
by distros.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_MEMORY , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_MEMORY /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This security feature makes exploits relying on predictable memory locations less reliable. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_randomize_memory | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R25) | |
|
Rule
Avoid speculative indirect branches in kernel
[ref] | Compile kernel with the retpoline compiler options to guard against kernel-to-user data leaks
by avoiding speculative indirect branches.
Requires a compiler with -mindirect-branch=thunk-extern support for full protection.
The kernel may run slower.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_RETPOLINE , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_RETPOLINE /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This is required to enable protection against Spectre v2. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_retpoline | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Enable seccomp to safely compute untrusted bytecode
[ref] | This kernel feature is useful for number crunching applications that may need to compute
untrusted bytecode during their execution. By using pipes or other transports made available
to the process as file descriptors supporting the read/write syscalls, it's possible to isolate
those applications in their own address space using seccomp.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECCOMP , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECCOMP /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | seccomp enables the ability to filter system calls made by an application, effectively
isolating the system's resources from it.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_seccomp | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R20) | |
|
Rule
Enable use of Berkeley Packet Filter with seccomp
[ref] | Enable tasks to build secure computing environments defined in terms of Berkeley Packet Filter
programs which implement task-defined system call filtering polices.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECCOMP_FILTER , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECCOMP_FILTER /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Use of BPF filters allows for expressive filtering of system calls using a filter program
language with a long history of being exposed to userland. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_seccomp_filter | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R20) | |
|
Rule
Enable different security models
[ref] | This allows you to choose different security modules to be configured into your kernel.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECURITY /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This is enables kernel security primitives required by the LSM framework. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_security | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R20) | |
|
Rule
Restrict unprivileged access to the kernel syslog
[ref] | Enforce restrictions on unprivileged users reading the kernel syslog via dmesg(8).
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY_DMESG_RESTRICT , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECURITY_DMESG_RESTRICT /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Prevents unprivileged users from retrieving kernel addresses with dmesg. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_security_dmesg_restrict | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Rule
Disable mutable hooks
[ref] | Ensure kernel structures associated with LSMs are always mapped as read-only after system boot.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY_WRITABLE_HOOKS , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECURITY_WRITABLE_HOOKS /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | If CONFIG_SECURITY_WRITABLE_HOOKS is enabled, then hooks can be loaded at runtime and
being able to manipulate hooks is a way to bypass all LSMs. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_security_writable_hooks | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R20) | |
|
Rule
Enable Yama support
[ref] | This enables support for LSM module Yama, which extends DAC support with additional system-wide
security settings beyond regular Linux discretionary access controls. The module will limit the
use of the system call ptrace() .
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | Unrestricted usage of ptrace allows compromised binaries to run ptrace
on another processes of the user. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_security_yama | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R20) | |
|
Rule
Enable SLUB debugging support
[ref] | SLUB has extensive debug support features and this allows the allocator validation checking to
be enabled.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This activates the checking of the memory allocator structures and resets to zero the zones
allocated when they are released. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_slub_debug | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R17) | |
|
Rule
Enable TCP/IP syncookie support
[ref] | Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as SYN flooding.
It is denial-of-service attack that prevents legitimate remote users from being able to connect
to your computer during an ongoing attack.
When enabled the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge protocol known as SYN cookies
to enable legitimate users to continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | SYN cookies provide protection against SYN flooding attacks. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_syn_cookies | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R22) | |
|
Rule
Unmap kernel when running in userspace (aka KAISER)
[ref] | Speculation attacks against some high-performance processors can be used to bypass MMU
permission checks and leak kernel data to userspace. This can be defended against by unmapping
the kernel when running in userspace, mapping it back in on exception entry via a trampoline
page in the vector table.
This configuration is available from kernel 4.16, but may be available if backported
by distros.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_UNMAP_KERNEL_AT_EL0 , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_UNMAP_KERNEL_AT_EL0 /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | This is a countermeasure to the Meltdown attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_unmap_kernel_at_el0 | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R27) | |
|
Rule
Disable x86 vsyscall emulation
[ref] | Disabling it is roughly equivalent to booting with vsyscall=none, except that it will also
disable the helpful warning if a program tries to use a vsyscall. With this option set to N,
offending programs will just segfault, citing addresses of the form 0xffffffffff600?00.
This configuration is available from kernel 3.19.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_X86_VSYSCALL_EMULATION , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_X86_VSYSCALL_EMULATION /boot/config-*
Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no
lines should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | The vsyscall table is no longer required and is a potential source of ROP gadgets. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_x86_vsyscall_emulation | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R15) | |
|
Group
Configure Syslog
Group contains 3 groups and 5 rules |
[ref]
The syslog service has been the default Unix logging mechanism for
many years. It has a number of downsides, including inconsistent log format,
lack of authentication for received messages, and lack of authentication,
encryption, or reliable transport for messages sent over a network. However,
due to its long history, syslog is a de facto standard which is supported by
almost all Unix applications.
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4, rsyslog has replaced ksyslogd as the
syslog daemon of choice, and it includes some additional security features
such as reliable, connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the
option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to
a central logging server.
This section discusses how to configure rsyslog for
best effect, and how to use tools provided with the system to maintain and
monitor logs. |
Group
Ensure Proper Configuration of Log Files
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The file /etc/rsyslog.conf controls where log message are written.
These are controlled by lines called rules, which consist of a
selector and an action.
These rules are often customized depending on the role of the system, the
requirements of the environment, and whatever may enable
the administrator to most effectively make use of log data.
The default rules in Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 are:
*.info;mail.none;authpriv.none;cron.none /var/log/messages
authpriv.* /var/log/secure
mail.* -/var/log/maillog
cron.* /var/log/cron
*.emerg *
uucp,news.crit /var/log/spooler
local7.* /var/log/boot.log
See the man page rsyslog.conf(5) for more information.
Note that the rsyslog daemon can be configured to use a timestamp format that
some log processing programs may not understand. If this occurs,
edit the file /etc/rsyslog.conf and add or edit the following line:
$ ActionFileDefaultTemplate RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat |
Rule
Ensure Log Files Are Owned By Appropriate Group
[ref] | The group-owner of all log files written by
rsyslog should be
root .
These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in
/etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log .
For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf ,
run the following command to inspect the file's group owner:
$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the owner is not
root ,
run the following command to
correct this:
$ sudo chgrp root LOGFILE | Rationale: | The log files generated by rsyslog contain valuable information regarding system
configuration, user authentication, and other such information. Log files should be
protected from unauthorized access. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_files_groupownership | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R46), BP28(R5), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-001314, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, 0988, 1405, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2, 10.3.1, 10.3.2 | |
|
Rule
Ensure Log Files Are Owned By Appropriate User
[ref] | The owner of all log files written by
rsyslog should be
root .
These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in
/etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log .
For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf ,
run the following command to inspect the file's owner:
$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the owner is not
root ,
run the following command to
correct this:
$ sudo chown root LOGFILE | Rationale: | The log files generated by rsyslog contain valuable information regarding system
configuration, user authentication, and other such information. Log files should be
protected from unauthorized access. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_files_ownership | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R46), BP28(R5), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-001314, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, 0988, 1405, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2, 10.3.1, 10.3.2 | |
|
Rule
Ensure System Log Files Have Correct Permissions
[ref] | The file permissions for all log files written by rsyslog should
be set to 640, or more restrictive. These log files are determined by the
second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically
all appear in /var/log . For each log file LOGFILE
referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf , run the following command to
inspect the file's permissions:
$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the permissions are not 640 or more restrictive, run the following
command to correct this:
$ sudo chmod 640 LOGFILE " | Rationale: | Log files can contain valuable information regarding system
configuration. If the system log files are not protected unauthorized
users could change the logged data, eliminating their forensic value. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_files_permissions | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), CCI-001314, 0988, 1405, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2, 10.3.1, 10.3.2 | |
|
Group
Ensure All Logs are Rotated by logrotate
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Edit the file /etc/logrotate.d/syslog . Find the first
line, which should look like this (wrapped for clarity):
/var/log/messages /var/log/secure /var/log/maillog /var/log/spooler \
/var/log/boot.log /var/log/cron {
Edit this line so that it contains a one-space-separated
listing of each log file referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf .
All logs in use on a system must be rotated regularly, or the
log files will consume disk space over time, eventually interfering
with system operation. The file /etc/logrotate.d/syslog is the
configuration file used by the logrotate program to maintain all
log files written by syslog . By default, it rotates logs weekly and
stores four archival copies of each log. These settings can be
modified by editing /etc/logrotate.conf , but the defaults are
sufficient for purposes of this guide.
Note that logrotate is run nightly by the cron job
/etc/cron.daily/logrotate . If particularly active logs need to be
rotated more often than once a day, some other mechanism must be
used. |
Rule
Ensure Logrotate Runs Periodically
[ref] | The logrotate utility allows for the automatic rotation of
log files. The frequency of rotation is specified in /etc/logrotate.conf ,
which triggers a cron task or a timer. To configure logrotate to run daily, add or correct
the following line in /etc/logrotate.conf :
# rotate log files frequency
daily | Rationale: | Log files that are not properly rotated run the risk of growing so large
that they fill up the /var/log partition. Valuable logging information could be lost
if the /var/log partition becomes full. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_logrotate_activated | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82689-1 References:
BP28(R43), NT12(R18), 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, CM-6(a), PR.PT-1, Req-10.7, 10.5.1 | |
|
Group
Rsyslog Logs Sent To Remote Host
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
If system logs are to be useful in detecting malicious
activities, it is necessary to send logs to a remote server. An
intruder who has compromised the root account on a system may
delete the log entries which indicate that the system was attacked
before they are seen by an administrator.
However, it is recommended that logs be stored on the local
host in addition to being sent to the loghost, especially if
rsyslog has been configured to use the UDP protocol to send
messages over a network. UDP does not guarantee reliable delivery,
and moderately busy sites will lose log messages occasionally,
especially in periods of high traffic which may be the result of an
attack. In addition, remote rsyslog messages are not
authenticated in any way by default, so it is easy for an attacker to
introduce spurious messages to the central log server. Also, some
problems cause loss of network connectivity, which will prevent the
sending of messages to the central server. For all of these reasons, it is
better to store log messages both centrally and on each host, so
that they can be correlated if necessary. |
Rule
Ensure Logs Sent To Remote Host
[ref] | To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server,
open /etc/rsyslog.conf and read and understand the last section of the file,
which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote
logging.
Along with these other directives, the system can be configured
to forward its logs to a particular log server by
adding or correcting one of the following lines,
substituting logcollector appropriately.
The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system;
although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery,
they may not be supported in all environments.
To use UDP for log message delivery:
*.* @logcollector
To use TCP for log message delivery:
*.* @@logcollector
To use RELP for log message delivery:
*.* :omrelp:logcollector
There must be a resolvable DNS CNAME or Alias record set to " logcollector" for logs to be sent correctly to the centralized logging utility. Warning:
It is important to configure queues in case the client is sending log
messages to a remote server. If queues are not configured,
the system will stop functioning when the connection
to the remote server is not available. Please consult Rsyslog
documentation for more information about configuration of queues. The
example configuration which should go into /etc/rsyslog.conf
can look like the following lines:
$ActionQueueType LinkedList
$ActionQueueFileName queuefilename
$ActionQueueMaxDiskSpace 1g
$ActionQueueSaveOnShutdown on
$ActionResumeRetryCount -1
| Rationale: | A log server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more
systems. This data can be used as an additional log source in the event a
system is compromised and its local logs are suspect. Forwarding log messages
to a remote loghost also provides system administrators with a centralized
place to view the status of multiple hosts within the enterprise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_remote_loghost | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R7), NT28(R43), NT12(R5), 1, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, CCI-001348, CCI-000136, CCI-001851, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.308(a)(6)(ii), 164.308(a)(8), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.314(a)(2)(i)(C), 164.314(a)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, 0988, 1405, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.17.2.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CM-6(a), AU-4(1), AU-9(2), PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000479-GPOS-00224, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000342-GPOS-00133 | |
|
Group
Network Configuration and Firewalls
Group contains 5 groups and 23 rules |
[ref]
Most systems must be connected to a network of some
sort, and this brings with it the substantial risk of network
attack. This section discusses the security impact of decisions
about networking which must be made when configuring a system.
This section also discusses firewalls, network access
controls, and other network security frameworks, which allow
system-level rules to be written that can limit an attackers' ability
to connect to your system. These rules can specify that network
traffic should be allowed or denied from certain IP addresses,
hosts, and networks. The rules can also specify which of the
system's network services are available to particular hosts or
networks. |
Group
IPv6
Group contains 1 group and 4 rules |
[ref]
The system includes support for Internet Protocol
version 6. A major and often-mentioned improvement over IPv4 is its
enormous increase in the number of available addresses. Another
important feature is its support for automatic configuration of
many network settings. |
Group
Configure IPv6 Settings if Necessary
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
A major feature of IPv6 is the extent to which systems
implementing it can automatically configure their networking
devices using information from the network. From a security
perspective, manually configuring important configuration
information is preferable to accepting it from the network
in an unauthenticated fashion. |
Rule
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82471-4 References:
BP28(R22), 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0 | Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_source_route | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82480-5 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82477-1 References:
BP28(R22), 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv6 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0 | Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_source_route | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82481-3 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Group
Kernel Parameters Which Affect Networking
Group contains 2 groups and 19 rules |
[ref]
The sysctl utility is used to set
parameters which affect the operation of the Linux kernel. Kernel parameters
which affect networking and have security implications are described here. |
Group
Network Related Kernel Runtime Parameters for Hosts and Routers
Group contains 16 rules |
[ref]
Certain kernel parameters should be set for systems which are
acting as either hosts or routers to improve the system's ability defend
against certain types of IPv4 protocol attacks. |
Rule
Disable Accepting Packets Routed Between Local Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local = 0 | Rationale: | Configure net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local=0 to consider as invalid the packets
received from outside whose source is the 127.0.0.0/8 address block.
In combination with suitable routing, this can be used to direct packets between two
local interfaces over the wire and have them accepted properly. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_local | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be
disabled unless absolutely required." | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82469-8 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001503, CCI-001551, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0 | Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement
applies only to the forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv4
forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82478-9 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Configure ARP filtering for All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter = 0 Warning:
This behaviour may cause problems to system on a high availability or load balancing configuration. | Rationale: | Prevents the Linux Kernel from handling the ARP table globally.
By default, the kernel may respond to an ARP request from a certain interface with information
from another interface. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_arp_filter | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Configure Response Mode of ARP Requests for All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_ignore kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_ignore=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_ignore = 2 Warning:
The ARP response mode may impact behaviour of workloads and firewalls on the system. | Rationale: | Avoids ARP Flux on system that have more than one interface on the same subnet. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_arp_ignore | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Prevent Routing External Traffic to Local Loopback on All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.route_localnet kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.route_localnet=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.route_localnet = 0 | Rationale: | Refuse the routing of packets whose source or destination address is the local loopback.
This prohibits the use of network 127/8 for local routing purposes.
Enabling route_localnet can expose applications listening on localhost to external traffic. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_route_localnet | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1 | Rationale: | Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses
that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were
received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for
complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small
networks. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82488-8 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as
default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is
absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82482-1 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-001503, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Configure Sending and Accepting Shared Media Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.shared_media kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.shared_media=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.shared_media = 0 | Rationale: | This setting should be aligned with net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects because it overrides it.
If shared_media is enabled for an interface secure_redirects will be enabled too. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_shared_media | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should
be disabled unless absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82470-6 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0 | Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required, such as when
IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is legitimately functioning as a
router. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82479-7 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1 | Rationale: | Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses
that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were
received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for
complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small
networks. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82489-6 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects By Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as
default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is
absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82483-9 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Configure Sending and Accepting Shared Media Redirects by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.shared_media kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.shared_media=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.shared_media = 0 | Rationale: | This setting should be aligned with net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects because it overrides it.
If shared_media is enabled for an interface secure_redirects will be enabled too. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_shared_media | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore Bogus ICMP Error Responses on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1 | Rationale: | Ignoring bogus ICMP error responses reduces
log size, although some activity would not be logged. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82490-4 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, Req-1.4.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use TCP Syncookies on Network Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1 | Rationale: | A TCP SYN flood attack can cause a denial of service by filling a
system's TCP connection table with connections in the SYN_RCVD state.
Syncookies can be used to track a connection when a subsequent ACK is received,
verifying the initiator is attempting a valid connection and is not a flood
source. This feature is activated when a flood condition is detected, and
enables the system to continue servicing valid connection requests. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82492-0 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001095, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(1), SC-5(2), SC-5(3)(a), CM-6(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, Req-1.4.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000420-GPOS-00186, SRG-OS-000142-GPOS-00071 | |
|
Group
Network Parameters for Hosts Only
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
If the system is not going to be used as a router, then setting certain
kernel parameters ensure that the host will not perform routing
of network traffic. |
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82484-7 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, 1.4.2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0 | Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82485-4 References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for IP Forwarding on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_forward kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0 Warning:
Certain technologies such as virtual machines, containers, etc. rely on IPv4 forwarding to enable and use networking.
Disabling IPv4 forwarding would cause those technologies to stop working. Therefore, this rule should not be used in
profiles or benchmarks that target usage of IPv4 forwarding. | Rationale: | Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange
network topology information with other routers. If this capability is used when
not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across
the network. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_ip_forward | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R22), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, Req-1.3.1, Req-1.3.2, 1.4.2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Group
File Permissions and Masks
Group contains 6 groups and 29 rules |
[ref]
Traditional Unix security relies heavily on file and
directory permissions to prevent unauthorized users from reading or
modifying files to which they should not have access.
Several of the commands in this section search filesystems
for files or directories with certain characteristics, and are
intended to be run on every local partition on a given system.
When the variable PART appears in one of the commands below,
it means that the command is intended to be run repeatedly, with the
name of each local partition substituted for PART in turn.
The following command prints a list of all xfs partitions on the local
system, which is the default filesystem for Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4
installations:
$ mount -t xfs | awk '{print $3}'
For any systems that use a different
local filesystem type, modify this command as appropriate. |
Group
Verify Permissions on Important Files and
Directories
Group contains 1 group and 10 rules |
[ref]
Permissions for many files on a system must be set
restrictively to ensure sensitive information is properly protected.
This section discusses important
permission restrictions which can be verified
to ensure that no harmful discrepancies have
arisen. |
Group
Verify Permissions on Files with Local Account Information and Credentials
Group contains 6 rules |
[ref]
The default restrictive permissions for files which act as
important security databases such as passwd , shadow ,
group , and gshadow files must be maintained. Many utilities
need read access to the passwd file in order to function properly, but
read access to the shadow file allows malicious attacks against system
passwords, and should never be enabled. |
Rule
Verify User Who Owns gshadow File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow | Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_gshadow | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-002223, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns shadow File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/shadow | Rationale: | The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local
system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is
critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file
to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information
which could weaken the system security posture. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_shadow | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-002223, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c, 7.2.6, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on group File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd | Rationale: | The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured
on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_group | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-002223, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c, 7.2.6, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on gshadow File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow | Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_gshadow | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-002223, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on passwd File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd | Rationale: | If the /etc/passwd file is writable by a group-owner or the
world the risk of its compromise is increased. The file contains the list of
accounts on the system and associated information, and protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_passwd | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-002223, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c, 7.2.6, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on shadow File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/shadow | Rationale: | The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local
system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is
critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file
to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information
which could weaken the system security posture. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_shadow | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-002223, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c, 7.2.6, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify that All World-Writable Directories Have Sticky Bits Set
[ref] | When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory,
only the owner of a given file may remove that file from the
directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a
directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky
bit prevents users from removing each other's files. In cases where
there is no reason for a directory to be world-writable, a better
solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky
bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application,
consult that application's documentation instead of blindly
changing modes.
To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory DIR, run the
following command:
$ sudo chmod +t DIR | Rationale: | Failing to set the sticky bit on public directories allows unauthorized
users to delete files in the directory structure.
The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories
supplied with the system, or those designed to be temporary file
repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the
system, by users for temporary file storage (such as /tmp ), and
for directories requiring global read/write access. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_perms_world_writable_sticky_bits | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82753-5 References:
BP28(R40), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-001090, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069 | |
|
Rule
Ensure No World-Writable Files Exist
[ref] | It is generally a good idea to remove global (other) write
access to a file when it is discovered. However, check with
documentation for specific applications before making changes.
Also, monitor for recurring world-writable files, as these may be
symptoms of a misconfigured application or user account. Finally,
this applies to real files and not virtual files that are a part of
pseudo file systems such as sysfs or procfs . | Rationale: | Data in world-writable files can be modified by any
user on the system. In almost all circumstances, files can be
configured using a combination of user and group permissions to
support whatever legitimate access is needed without the risk
caused by world-writable files. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_world_writable | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R40), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, 2.2.6 | |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Hardlinks
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_hardlinks kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_hardlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.protected_hardlinks = 1 | Rationale: | By enabling this kernel parameter, users can no longer create soft or hard links to
files which they do not own. Disallowing such hardlinks mitigate vulnerabilities
based on insecure file system accessed by privileged programs, avoiding an
exploitation vector exploiting unsafe use of open() or creat() . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_protected_hardlinks | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82506-7 References:
BP28(R23), CCI-002165, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00122, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Symlinks
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_symlinks kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_symlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.protected_symlinks = 1 | Rationale: | By enabling this kernel parameter, symbolic links are permitted to be followed
only when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the UID of the
link and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner.
Disallowing such symlinks helps mitigate vulnerabilities based on insecure file system
accessed by privileged programs, avoiding an exploitation vector exploiting unsafe use of
open() or creat() . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_protected_symlinks | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82507-5 References:
BP28(R23), CCI-002165, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00122, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | |
|
Group
Restrict Partition Mount Options
Group contains 10 rules |
[ref]
System partitions can be mounted with certain options
that limit what files on those partitions can do. These options
are set in the /etc/fstab configuration file, and can be
used to make certain types of malicious behavior more difficult. |
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /boot
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /boot . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required on the boot partition.
Add the nosuid option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/boot . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from boot partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_boot_nosuid | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), CCI-000366, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /home
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /home . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in these user data directories.
Add the nosuid option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/home . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from user home directory partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_home_nosuid | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to Non-Root Local Partitions
[ref] | The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as
character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should
exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within
chroot jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
any non-root local partitions. | Rationale: | The nodev mount option prevents files from being
interpreted as character or block devices. The only legitimate location
for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition.
The only exception to this is chroot jails, for which it is not advised
to set nodev on these filesystems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_nodev_nonroot_local_partitions | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /tmp
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /tmp .
Add the noexec option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/tmp . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories
such as /tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_noexec | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, CCI-001764, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /tmp
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /tmp . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in these world-writable directories.
Add the nosuid option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/tmp . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_nosuid | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, CCI-001764, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /var/log
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /var/log .
Add the noexec option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/var/log . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from directories containing log files
such as /var/log should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_noexec | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), CCI-001764, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /var/log
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /var/log . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in directories containing log files.
Add the nosuid option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/var/log . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from partitions
designated for log files. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_nosuid | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12), CCI-001764, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /var
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /var . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required for this directory.
Add the nosuid option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/var . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_nosuid | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R12) | |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /var/tmp
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /var/tmp .
Add the noexec option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/var/tmp . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories
such as /var/tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_noexec | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82866-5 References:
BP28(R12), CCI-001764, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /var/tmp
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /var/tmp . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in these world-writable directories.
Add the nosuid option to the list of
Options in the systemd.mount unit that
controls mounting of
/var/tmp . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82736-0 References:
BP28(R12), CCI-001764, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | |
|
Group
Restrict Programs from Dangerous Execution Patterns
Group contains 2 groups and 9 rules |
[ref]
The recommendations in this section are designed to
ensure that the system's features to protect against potentially
dangerous program execution are activated.
These protections are applied at the system initialization or
kernel level, and defend against certain types of badly-configured
or compromised programs. |
Group
Disable Core Dumps
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
A core dump file is the memory image of an executable
program when it was terminated by the operating system due to
errant behavior. In most cases, only software developers
legitimately need to access these files. The core dump files may
also contain sensitive information, or unnecessarily occupy large
amounts of disk space.
Once a hard limit is set in /etc/security/limits.conf , or
to a file within the /etc/security/limits.d/ directory, a
user cannot increase that limit within his or her own session. If access
to core dumps is required, consider restricting them to only
certain users or groups. See the limits.conf man page for more
information.
The core dumps of setuid programs are further protected. The
sysctl variable fs.suid_dumpable controls whether
the kernel allows core dumps from these programs at all. The default
value of 0 is recommended. |
Rule
Disable Core Dumps for SUID programs
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.suid_dumpable kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.suid_dumpable = 0 | Rationale: | The core dump of a setuid program is more likely to contain
sensitive data, as the program itself runs with greater privileges than the
user who initiated execution of the program. Disabling the ability for any
setuid program to write a core file decreases the risk of unauthorized access
of such data. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_suid_dumpable | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R23), 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SI-11(a), SI-11(b), 3.3.1.1, 3.3.1.2, 3.3.1.3 | |
|
Group
Enable ExecShield
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
ExecShield describes kernel features that provide
protection against exploitation of memory corruption errors such as buffer
overflows. These features include random placement of the stack and other
memory regions, prevention of execution in memory that should only hold data,
and special handling of text buffers. These protections are enabled by default
on 32-bit systems and controlled through sysctl variables
kernel.exec-shield and kernel.randomize_va_space . On the latest
64-bit systems, kernel.exec-shield cannot be enabled or disabled with
sysctl . |
Rule
Restrict Exposed Kernel Pointer Addresses Access
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.kptr_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.kptr_restrict=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.kptr_restrict = 2 | Rationale: | Exposing kernel pointers (through procfs or seq_printf() ) exposes kernel
writeable structures which may contain functions pointers. If a write vulnerability
occurs in the kernel, allowing write access to any of this structure, the kernel can
be compromised. This option disallow any program without the CAP_SYSLOG capability
to get the addresses of kernel pointers by replacing them with 0. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_kptr_restrict | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82498-7 References:
BP28(R23), CCI-002824, CCI-000366, CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4, SC-30, SC-30(2), SC-30(5), CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00192, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Enable Randomized Layout of Virtual Address Space
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.randomize_va_space kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.randomize_va_space = 2 | Rationale: | Address space layout randomization (ASLR) makes it more difficult for an
attacker to predict the location of attack code they have introduced into a
process's address space during an attempt at exploitation. Additionally,
ASLR makes it more difficult for an attacker to know the location of
existing code in order to re-purpose it using return oriented programming
(ROP) techniques. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R23), 3.1.7, CCI-000366, CCI-002824, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4, SC-30, SC-30(2), CM-6(a), Req-2.2.1, 2.2.3, SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00193, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Restrict Access to Kernel Message Buffer
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.dmesg_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.dmesg_restrict=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.dmesg_restrict = 1 | Rationale: | Unprivileged access to the kernel syslog can expose sensitive kernel
address information. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_dmesg_restrict | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82499-5 References:
BP28(R23), 3.1.5, CCI-001090, CCI-001314, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SI-11(a), SI-11(b), SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069 | |
|
Rule
Kernel panic on oops
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.panic_on_oops kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.panic_on_oops=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.panic_on_oops = 1 Warning:
The system may start to panic when it normally wouldn't. A non-catastrophic error that
would have allowed the system to continue operating will now result in a panic. | Rationale: | An attacker trying to exploit the kernel may trigger kernel OOPSes,
panicking the system will impede them from continuing. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_panic_on_oops | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R9) | |
|
Rule
Disallow kernel profiling by unprivileged users
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.perf_event_paranoid kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.perf_event_paranoid=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.perf_event_paranoid = 2 | Rationale: | Kernel profiling can reveal sensitive information about kernel behaviour. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_perf_event_paranoid | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82502-6 References:
BP28(R23), CCI-001090, AC-6, FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069 | |
|
Rule
Disable Access to Network bpf() Syscall From Unprivileged Processes
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled = 1 | Rationale: | Loading and accessing the packet filters programs and maps using the bpf()
syscall has the potential of revealing sensitive information about the kernel state. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_unprivileged_bpf_disabled | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82504-2 References:
BP28(R9), CCI-000366, AC-6, SC-7(10), FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Restrict usage of ptrace to descendant processes
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.yama.ptrace_scope kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.yama.ptrace_scope=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.yama.ptrace_scope = 1 | Rationale: | Unrestricted usage of ptrace allows compromised binaries to run ptrace
on another processes of the user. Like this, the attacker can steal
sensitive information from the target processes (e.g. SSH sessions, web browser, ...)
without any additional assistance from the user (i.e. without resorting to phishing).
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_yama_ptrace_scope | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82501-8 References:
BP28(R25), CCI-000366, SC-7(10), SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Harden the operation of the BPF just-in-time compiler
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.core.bpf_jit_harden kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.core.bpf_jit_harden=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.core.bpf_jit_harden = 2 | Rationale: | When hardened, the extended Berkeley Packet Filter just-in-time compiler
will randomize any kernel addresses in the BPF programs and maps,
and will not expose the JIT addresses in /proc/kallsyms . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_core_bpf_jit_harden | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82505-9 References:
BP28(R12), CCI-000366, CM-6, SC-7(10), FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Group
SELinux
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
SELinux is a feature of the Linux kernel which can be
used to guard against misconfigured or compromised programs.
SELinux enforces the idea that programs should be limited in what
files they can access and what actions they can take.
The default SELinux policy, as configured on Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4, has been
sufficiently developed and debugged that it should be usable on
almost any system with minimal configuration and a small
amount of system administrator training. This policy prevents
system services - including most of the common network-visible
services such as mail servers, FTP servers, and DNS servers - from
accessing files which those services have no valid reason to
access. This action alone prevents a huge amount of possible damage
from network attacks against services, from trojaned software, and
so forth.
This guide recommends that SELinux be enabled using the
default (targeted) policy on every Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 system, unless that
system has unusual requirements which make a stronger policy
appropriate. |
Rule
Uninstall setroubleshoot-plugins Package
[ref] | The SETroubleshoot plugins are used to analyze SELinux AVC data. The service provides information around configuration errors,
unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors.
The setroubleshoot-plugins package can be removed with the following command:
| Rationale: | The SETroubleshoot service is an unnecessary daemon to
have running on a server. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_setroubleshoot-plugins_removed | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-84091-8 References:
BP28(R68) | |
|
Rule
Uninstall setroubleshoot-server Package
[ref] | The SETroubleshoot service notifies desktop users of SELinux
denials. The service provides information around configuration errors,
unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors.
The setroubleshoot-server package can be removed with the following command:
| Rationale: | The SETroubleshoot service is an unnecessary daemon to have
running on a server. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_setroubleshoot-server_removed | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-84093-4 References:
BP28(R68) | |
|
Rule
Configure SELinux Policy
[ref] | The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for
general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles.
To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line
in /etc/selinux/config :
SELINUXTYPE=targeted
Other policies, such as mls , provide additional security labeling
and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose
use cases. | Rationale: | Setting the SELinux policy to targeted or a more specialized policy
ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be
targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.
Note: During the development or debugging of SELinux modules, it is common to
temporarily place non-production systems in permissive mode. In such
temporary cases, SELinux policies should be developed, and once work
is completed, the system should be reconfigured to
targeted . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_policytype | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82532-3 References:
BP28(R66), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, CCI-002165, CCI-002696, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5, AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | |
|
Rule
Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing
[ref] | The SELinux state should be set to enforcing at
system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config , add or correct the
following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode:
SELINUX=enforcing | Rationale: | Setting the SELinux state to enforcing ensures SELinux is able to confine
potentially compromised processes to the security policy, which is designed to
prevent them from causing damage to the system or further elevating their
privileges. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_state | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82531-5 References:
BP28(R4), BP28(R66), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, CCI-001084, CCI-002165, CCI-002696, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5, AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, SRG-OS-000134-GPOS-00068 | |
|
Group
Services
Group contains 5 groups and 8 rules |
[ref]
The best protection against vulnerable software is running less software. This section describes how to review
the software which Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 installs on a system and disable software which is not needed. It
then enumerates the software packages installed on a default Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 system and provides guidance about which
ones can be safely disabled.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 provides a convenient minimal install option that essentially installs the bare necessities for a functional
system. When building Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 systems, it is highly recommended to select the minimal packages and then build up
the system from there. |
Group
Mail Server Software
Group contains 1 group and 2 rules |
[ref]
Mail servers are used to send and receive email over the network.
Mail is a very common service, and Mail Transfer Agents (MTAs) are obvious
targets of network attack.
Ensure that systems are not running MTAs unnecessarily,
and configure needed MTAs as defensively as possible.
Very few systems at any site should be configured to directly receive email over the
network. Users should instead use mail client programs to retrieve email
from a central server that supports protocols such as IMAP or POP3.
However, it is normal for most systems to be independently capable of sending email,
for instance so that cron jobs can report output to an administrator.
Most MTAs, including Postfix, support a submission-only mode in which mail can be sent from
the local system to a central site MTA (or directly delivered to a local account),
but the system still cannot receive mail directly over a network.
The alternatives program in Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS 4 permits selection of other mail server software
(such as Sendmail), but Postfix is the default and is preferred.
Postfix was coded with security in mind and can also be more effectively contained by
SELinux as its modular design has resulted in separate processes performing specific actions.
More information is available on its website,
http://www.postfix.org. |
Group
Configure SMTP For Mail Clients
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
This section discusses settings for Postfix in a submission-only
e-mail configuration. |
Rule
Configure System to Forward All Mail For The Root Account
[ref] | Make sure that mails delivered to root user are forwarded to a monitored
email address. Make sure that the address
system.administrator@mail.mil is a valid email address
reachable from the system in question. Use the following command to
configure the alias:
$ sudo echo "root: system.administrator@mail.mil" >> /etc/aliases
$ sudo newaliases | Rationale: | A number of system services utilize email messages sent to the root user to
notify system administrators of active or impending issues. These messages must
be forwarded to at least one monitored email address. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_postfix_client_configure_mail_alias | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R49), CCI-000139, CCI-000366, CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000046-GPOS-00022 | |
|
Rule
Uninstall Sendmail Package
[ref] | Sendmail is not the default mail transfer agent and is
not installed by default.
The sendmail package can be removed with the following command:
| Rationale: | The sendmail software was not developed with security in mind and
its design prevents it from being effectively contained by SELinux. Postfix
should be used instead. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_sendmail_removed | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R1), 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000381, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | |
|
Group
Network Time Protocol
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The Network Time Protocol is used to manage the system
clock over a network. Computer clocks are not very accurate, so
time will drift unpredictably on unmanaged systems. Central time
protocols can be used both to ensure that time is consistent among
a network of systems, and that their time is consistent with the
outside world.
If every system on a network reliably reports the same time, then it is much
easier to correlate log messages in case of an attack. In addition, a number of
cryptographic protocols (such as Kerberos) use timestamps to prevent certain
types of attacks. If your network does not have synchronized time, these
protocols may be unreliable or even unusable.
Depending on the specifics of the network, global time accuracy may be just as
important as local synchronization, or not very important at all. If your
network is connected to the Internet, using a public timeserver (or one
provided by your enterprise) provides globally accurate timestamps which may be
essential in investigating or responding to an attack which originated outside
of your network.
A typical network setup involves a small number of internal systems operating
as NTP servers, and the remainder obtaining time information from those
internal servers.
There is a choice between the daemons ntpd and chronyd , which
are available from the repositories in the ntp and chrony
packages respectively.
The default chronyd daemon can work well when external time references
are only intermittently accesible, can perform well even when the network is
congested for longer periods of time, can usually synchronize the clock faster
and with better time accuracy, and quickly adapts to sudden changes in the rate
of the clock, for example, due to changes in the temperature of the crystal
oscillator. Chronyd should be considered for all systems which are
frequently suspended or otherwise intermittently disconnected and reconnected
to a network. Mobile and virtual systems for example.
The ntpd NTP daemon fully supports NTP protocol version 4 (RFC 5905),
including broadcast, multicast, manycast clients and servers, and the orphan
mode. It also supports extra authentication schemes based on public-key
cryptography (RFC 5906). The NTP daemon ( ntpd ) should be considered
for systems which are normally kept permanently on. Systems which are required
to use broadcast or multicast IP, or to perform authentication of packets with
the Autokey protocol, should consider using ntpd .
Refer to
https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/latest/system-administrators-guide/servers/Configuring_NTP_Using_the_chrony_Suite/
for more detailed comparison of features of chronyd
and ntpd daemon features respectively, and for further guidance how to
choose between the two NTP daemons.
The upstream manual pages at
http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/manual.html for
chronyd and
http://www.ntp.org for ntpd provide additional
information on the capabilities and configuration of each of the NTP daemons. |
Rule
The Chrony package is installed
[ref] | System time should be synchronized between all systems in an environment. This is
typically done by establishing an authoritative time server or set of servers and having all
systems synchronize their clocks to them.
The chrony package can be installed with the following command:
| Rationale: | Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms like
Kerberos and also ensures log files have consistent time records across the enterprise,
which aids in forensic investigations. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_chrony_installed | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R43), 0988, 1405, FMT_SMF_EXT.1, Req-10.4, 10.6.1, SRG-OS-000355-GPOS-00143 | |
|
Rule
A remote time server for Chrony is configured
[ref] | Chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to
synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly
accurate. More information on chrony can be found at
http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/.
Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server.
Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate:
server <remote-server>
Multiple servers may be configured. | Rationale: | If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time
synchronization is working properly. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_specify_remote_server | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R43), CCI-000160, CCI-001891, 0988, 1405, CM-6(a), AU-8(1)(a), Req-10.4.3, 10.6.2 | |
|
Group
SSH Server
Group contains 1 group and 4 rules |
[ref]
The SSH protocol is recommended for remote login and
remote file transfer. SSH provides confidentiality and integrity
for data exchanged between two systems, as well as server
authentication, through the use of public key cryptography. The
implementation included with the system is called OpenSSH, and more
detailed documentation is available from its website,
https://www.openssh.com.
Its server program is called sshd and provided by the RPM package
openssh-server . |
Group
Configure OpenSSH Server if Necessary
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
If the system needs to act as an SSH server, then
certain changes should be made to the OpenSSH daemon configuration
file /etc/ssh/sshd_config . The following recommendations can be
applied to this file. See the sshd_config(5) man page for more
detailed information. |
Rule
Set SSH Client Alive Count Max
[ref] | The SSH server sends at most ClientAliveCountMax messages
during a SSH session and waits for a response from the SSH client.
The option ClientAliveInterval configures timeout after
each ClientAliveCountMax message. If the SSH server does not
receive a response from the client, then the connection is considered unresponsive
and terminated.
For SSH earlier than v8.2, a ClientAliveCountMax value of 0
causes a timeout precisely when the ClientAliveInterval is set.
Starting with v8.2, a value of 0 disables the timeout functionality
completely. If the option is set to a number greater than 0 , then
the session will be disconnected after
ClientAliveInterval * ClientAliveCountMax seconds without receiving
a keep alive message. | Rationale: | This ensures a user login will be terminated as soon as the ClientAliveInterval
is reached. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_keepalive | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82464-9 References:
BP28(R29), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.5.6, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, CCI-000879, CCI-001133, CCI-002361, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2, Req-8.1.8, 8.2.8, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109 | |
|
Rule
Set SSH Client Alive Interval
[ref] | SSH allows administrators to set a network responsiveness timeout interval.
After this interval has passed, the unresponsive client will be automatically logged out.
To set this timeout interval, edit the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config as
follows:
ClientAliveInterval 600
The timeout interval is given in seconds. For example, have a timeout
of 10 minutes, set interval to 600.
If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will
preempt any SSH setting made in /etc/ssh/sshd_config . Keep in mind that
some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle. Warning:
SSH disconnecting unresponsive clients will not have desired effect without also
configuring ClientAliveCountMax in the SSH service configuration. Warning:
Following conditions may prevent the SSH session to time out:
- Remote processes on the remote machine generates output. As the output has to be transferred over the network to the client, the timeout is reset every time such transfer happens.
- Any
scp or sftp activity by the same user to the host resets the timeout.
| Rationale: | Terminating an idle ssh session within a short time period reduces the window of
opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a management session
enabled on the console or console port that has been let unattended. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_idle_timeout | Identifiers and References | Identifiers:
CCE-82549-7 References:
BP28(R29), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.5.6, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, CCI-000879, CCI-001133, CCI-002361, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2, Req-8.1.8, 8.2.8, SRG-OS-000126-GPOS-00066, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109, SRG-OS-000395-GPOS-00175 | |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Root Login
[ref] | The root user should never be allowed to login to a
system directly over a network.
To disable root login via SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
PermitRootLogin no | Rationale: | Even though the communications channel may be encrypted, an additional layer of
security is gained by extending the policy of not logging directly on as root.
In addition, logging in with a user-specific account provides individual
accountability of actions performed on the system and also helps to minimize
direct attack attempts on root's password. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_root_login | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R19), NT007(R21), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.6, APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, CCI-000770, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, AC-6(2), AC-17(a), IA-2, IA-2(5), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-3, FAU_GEN.1, Req-2.2.4, 2.2.6, SRG-OS-000109-GPOS-00056, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on SSH Server Private *_key Key Files
[ref] | SSH server private keys - files that match the /etc/ssh/*_key glob, have to have restricted permissions.
If those files are owned by the root user and the root group, they have to have the 0640 permission or stricter.
If they are owned by the root user, but by a dedicated group ssh_keys , they can have the 0640 permission or stricter. | Rationale: | If an unauthorized user obtains the private SSH host key file, the host could be
impersonated. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_sshd_private_key | Identifiers and References | References:
BP28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.13, 3.13.10, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-2.2.4, 2.2.6, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | |
|